diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'docs')
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/ca.po | 152 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/cs.po | 151 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/de.po | 153 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/el.po | 153 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/eo.po | 152 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/es.po | 151 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/et.po | 347 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/eu.po | 468 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/fr.po | 153 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/help.pot | 145 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/hr.po | 156 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/id.po | 153 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/it.po | 150 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/nl.po | 159 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/pl.po | 152 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/pt_BR.po | 153 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/ro.po | 153 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/ru.po | 153 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/sl.po | 151 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/sq.po | 151 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/sv.po | 153 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/tr.po | 186 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/uk.po | 312 |
23 files changed, 2370 insertions, 1837 deletions
diff --git a/docs/installer/ca.po b/docs/installer/ca.po index 00a9fac4..b6359ae2 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca.po +++ b/docs/installer/ca.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-25 12:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan <kde-i18n-ca@kde.org>\n" @@ -1113,21 +1113,22 @@ msgstr "" "automàticament. De nou, sigueu prudents en les vostres seleccions." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Particionament personalitzat del disc amb DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1140,18 +1141,19 @@ msgstr "" "literal>. Si no, el sistema no arrencarà." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "Ajusteu aquí l'estructura dels discs. Podeu eliminar o bé crear particions, " "canviar el sistema de fitxers d'una partició, o bé canviar-ne la mida o, " "fins i tot, veure'n el contingut abans de començar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1161,7 +1163,7 @@ msgstr "" "n'hi ha tres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1170,7 +1172,7 @@ msgstr "" "particions del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1180,15 +1182,36 @@ msgstr "" "muntatge, redimensioneu-la, o bé elimineu-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Continueu fins que tot sigui del vostre grat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Cliqueu <guibutton>Fet</guibutton> en acabat." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1393,22 +1416,22 @@ msgstr "" "parell de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instal·lació amb DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Febrer 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1423,7 +1446,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1434,7 +1457,7 @@ msgstr "" "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1445,7 +1468,7 @@ msgstr "" "www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1455,13 +1478,13 @@ msgstr "" "millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1471,8 +1494,8 @@ msgstr "" "manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les " "decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1656,11 +1679,6 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 #, fuzzy @@ -1852,8 +1870,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "Amb la tecla F2 l'ajuda es tradueix a la llengua triada." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3541,14 +3559,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3559,7 +3577,7 @@ msgstr "" "png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3568,7 +3586,7 @@ msgstr "" "entrada i marcar la casella per a fer-la predeterminada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" @@ -3576,7 +3594,7 @@ msgstr "" "completament." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3585,7 +3603,7 @@ msgstr "" "selecció mentre el sistema està arrencant." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3602,17 +3620,25 @@ msgstr "Opcions principals del menú d'arrencada" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3621,7 +3647,7 @@ msgstr "" "ha estat triada automàticament, la podeu canviar aquí." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3632,17 +3658,17 @@ msgstr "" "permetre a Mageia que en creï un de nou." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "Els menús gràfics de Mageia són bonics :)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Ús del carregador d'arrencada de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3655,7 +3681,7 @@ msgstr "" "menú d'arrencada de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3664,7 +3690,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'antic GRUB i Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3675,7 +3701,7 @@ msgstr "" "carregador d'arrencada predeterminat GRUB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3684,12 +3710,12 @@ msgstr "" "està disponible a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Ús d'un carregador d'arrencada existent" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3702,7 +3728,7 @@ msgstr "" "us permetrà canviar-ne la localització." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3713,13 +3739,13 @@ msgstr "" "prèvia de particionament, per exemple sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" "Perquè quedi clar, sda és un dispositiu, mentre que sda7 n'és una partició." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3730,7 +3756,7 @@ msgstr "" "pantalla d'instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3745,12 +3771,12 @@ msgstr "" "del sistema operatiu corresponent." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Opció avançada del carregador d'arrencada" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/cs.po b/docs/installer/cs.po index 1d30e8ea..8074f0e0 100644 --- a/docs/installer/cs.po +++ b/docs/installer/cs.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-17 20:04+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Luděk Janča <joelp@email.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Czech (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -991,21 +991,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Vlastní rozdělení disku pomocí DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1014,44 +1015,65 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1220,22 +1242,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalace pomocí DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Únor 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1250,7 +1272,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1258,7 +1280,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1266,28 +1288,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1449,11 +1471,6 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 #, fuzzy @@ -1634,8 +1651,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3083,14 +3100,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3098,27 +3115,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3133,24 +3150,32 @@ msgstr "Základní nastavení zaváděcího programu" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3158,17 +3183,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3177,14 +3202,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3192,19 +3217,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3213,7 +3238,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3221,12 +3246,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3234,7 +3259,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3244,12 +3269,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/de.po b/docs/installer/de.po index 52c1f3fd..6219a279 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de.po +++ b/docs/installer/de.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-10 19:22+0000\n" "Last-Translator: psyca\n" "Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1155,21 +1155,22 @@ msgstr "" "Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Laufwerkspartitionierung mit DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1183,11 +1184,12 @@ msgstr "" "emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie " "können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition " @@ -1195,7 +1197,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1205,7 +1207,7 @@ msgstr "" "und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1214,7 +1216,7 @@ msgstr "" "gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1225,17 +1227,38 @@ msgstr "" "ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" "Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen " "Ihren Wünschen entsprechen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Ist alles bereit, so klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Fertig</guibutton>." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1440,22 +1463,22 @@ msgstr "" "an Megabytes erstellt werden" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Installation mit Hilfe von DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februar 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1470,7 +1493,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1481,7 +1504,7 @@ msgstr "" "sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1492,7 +1515,7 @@ msgstr "" "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1503,13 +1526,13 @@ msgstr "" "\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese " "Anleitung zu verbessern." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1519,8 +1542,8 @@ msgstr "" "sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den " "Entscheidungen, die Sie während der Installation treffen, ab." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1712,11 +1735,6 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 msgid "" @@ -1932,8 +1950,8 @@ msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" "Die Hilfe wird in der, mit der F2 Taste, ausgewählten Sprache angezeigt." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3679,11 +3697,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" "Falls Sie <code>Grub 2</code> als Bootloader ausgewählt haben, können Sie " "dieses Werkzeug nicht verwenden um die Einträge zu bearbeiten. Drücke " @@ -3691,7 +3710,7 @@ msgstr "" "editieren oder <code>grub-customizer</code> verwenden." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3702,7 +3721,7 @@ msgstr "" "png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3711,7 +3730,7 @@ msgstr "" "aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standard setzt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" @@ -3719,7 +3738,7 @@ msgstr "" "vollständig umbenennen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3728,7 +3747,7 @@ msgstr "" "Standardeintrag vom System gestartet." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3745,17 +3764,25 @@ msgstr "Hauptoptionen des Bootloaders" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png" "\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3765,7 +3792,7 @@ msgstr "" "ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3777,17 +3804,17 @@ msgstr "" "werden soll, einen neuen Bootloader zu erstellen." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "Das grafische Menü von Mageia ist hübsch :)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Verwenden des Mageia Bootloaders" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3799,7 +3826,7 @@ msgstr "" "installiert, versucht Mageia, diese in das neue Mageia-Startmenü einzufügen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3807,7 +3834,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia bietet jetzt neben GRUB legacy optional auch GRUB2 als Bootloader an." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3817,7 +3844,7 @@ msgstr "" "von GRUB legacy unterstützt und werden auch nicht von GRUB legacy erkannt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3826,12 +3853,12 @@ msgstr "" "Zusammenfassungs-Seite empfohlen wird." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Verwenden eines bestehenden Bootloaders" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3845,7 +3872,7 @@ msgstr "" "Installationsort des Bootloaders zu ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3856,14 +3883,14 @@ msgstr "" "Partitionierungsphase gewählt haben. z.B. sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" "Um es noch einmal klar darzustellen, \"sda\" ist ein Gerät, \"sda7\" ist " "eine Partition." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3876,7 +3903,7 @@ msgstr "" "Installationsbildschirm zurück." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3892,12 +3919,12 @@ msgstr "" "offen sind." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Erweiterte Optionen für den Bootloader" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/el.po b/docs/installer/el.po index 35cf148d..483e4c39 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el.po +++ b/docs/installer/el.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-02-28 10:00+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <kde-i18n-el@kde.org>\n" @@ -1138,21 +1138,22 @@ msgstr "" "είστε συντηρητικοί στις επιλογές σας." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση δίσκων με το DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1165,11 +1166,12 @@ msgstr "" "δεν θα είναι δυνατή η εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη διάταξη των δίσκων σας. Μπορείτε να αφαιρέσετε " "ή να δημιουργήσετε κατατμήσεις, να αλλάξετε το σύστημα αρχείων μιας " @@ -1177,7 +1179,7 @@ msgstr "" "περιεχόμενό της πριν να ξεκινήσετε." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1187,7 +1189,7 @@ msgstr "" "τρία από αυτά." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1196,7 +1198,7 @@ msgstr "" "τις κατατμήσεις στην επιλεγμένη συσκευή αποθήκευσης" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1206,15 +1208,36 @@ msgstr "" "προσάρτησης, αλλάξτε το μέγεθός της ή καθαρίστε την." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Συνεχίστε έως ότου ρυθμίσετε οτιδήποτε επιθυμείτε." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Έγινε</guibutton> όταν είστε έτοιμος-η." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1421,22 +1444,22 @@ msgstr "" "Mb." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση με το DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Φεβρουάριος 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1451,7 +1474,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1463,7 +1486,7 @@ msgstr "" "link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1474,7 +1497,7 @@ msgstr "" "<link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1485,13 +1508,13 @@ msgstr "" "επικοινωνήστε με την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" "Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1501,8 +1524,8 @@ msgstr "" "εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και " "τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1692,11 +1715,6 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 #, fuzzy @@ -1912,8 +1930,8 @@ msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" "Η Βοήθεια εμφανίζεται μεταφρασμένη στην επιλεγμένη γλώσσα με το πλήκτρο F2." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3708,11 +3726,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" "Αν έχετε επιλέξει <code>Grub 2</code> ως πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης, δεν μπορείτε " "να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το εργαλείο για την επεξεργασία των καταχωρήσεων σε " @@ -3721,7 +3740,7 @@ msgstr "" "<code>grub-customizer</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3732,7 +3751,7 @@ msgstr "" "png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3742,7 +3761,7 @@ msgstr "" "προκαθορισμένη." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" @@ -3750,7 +3769,7 @@ msgstr "" "μετονομάσετε πλήρως." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3759,7 +3778,7 @@ msgstr "" "δεν επιλέξετε κάποια άλλη καταχώρηση στην εκκίνηση." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3777,17 +3796,25 @@ msgstr "Κύριες επιλογές του προγράμματος εκκίν #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3796,7 +3823,7 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνησης, μπορείτε να τις αλλάξετε από εδώ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3808,17 +3835,17 @@ msgstr "" "ένα νέο." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "Το γραφικό μενού της Mageia είναι πολύ όμορφο :)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Χρησιμοποιώντας το πρόγραμμα εκκίνησης της Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3831,7 +3858,7 @@ msgstr "" "εκκίνησης της Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3840,7 +3867,7 @@ msgstr "" "επιπρόσθετα του GRUB legacy και του Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3851,7 +3878,7 @@ msgstr "" "προκαθορισμένο GRUB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3860,12 +3887,12 @@ msgstr "" "σελίδα σύνοψης στα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Χρήση ενός υπάρχοντος μενού εκκίνησης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3879,7 +3906,7 @@ msgstr "" "του προγράμματος εκκίνησης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3890,12 +3917,12 @@ msgstr "" "τον διαμερισμό νωρίτερα π.χ. sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Δηλαδή, το sda είναι μια συσκευή, και το sda7 είναι μια κατάτμηση." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3906,7 +3933,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ctrl+Alt+F7 επιστρέφετε στην οθόνη εγκατάστασης." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3922,12 +3949,12 @@ msgstr "" "εν λόγω λειτουργικού συστήματος." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Προχωρημένη λειτουργία του προγράμματος εκκίνησης" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/eo.po b/docs/installer/eo.po index 274763e7..6844d1a7 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo.po +++ b/docs/installer/eo.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-03 18:13+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Esperanto (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -1061,21 +1061,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Agordi subdiskon per DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1088,18 +1089,19 @@ msgstr "" "ne startos." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "Agordu via(j)n disko(j)n ĉi tie. Vi povas forigi aŭ krei subdiskojn, ŝanĝi " "la dosiersistemon de subdisko aŭ ŝanĝi ĝian grandon kaj eĉ vidi kio estas en " "ĝi antaŭ ol komenci." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1108,7 +1110,7 @@ msgstr "" "USB-ŝlosilo. Ekzemple sda, sdb kaj sdc se estas tri." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1117,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr "" "elektita stor-aparato" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1126,15 +1128,36 @@ msgstr "" "elekti dosiersistemon kaj surmetingon, ŝanĝi ĝian grandon aŭ forigi ĝin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Daŭrigu ĝis kiam vi agordos ĉion laŭ via deziro." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Klaku sur <guibutton>Finata</guibutton> kiam vi estos preta." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" align=\"center" +"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1336,22 +1359,22 @@ msgstr "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalado per DrakX-o" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "" @@ -1366,7 +1389,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1377,7 +1400,7 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1388,7 +1411,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1398,13 +1421,13 @@ msgstr "" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1413,8 +1436,8 @@ msgstr "" "Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn " "vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1593,11 +1616,6 @@ msgid "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 #, fuzzy @@ -1784,8 +1802,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3390,14 +3408,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 #, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" @@ -3409,27 +3427,27 @@ msgstr "" "\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3444,17 +3462,25 @@ msgstr "Lanĉilaj ĉefaj elektoj" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" " "align=\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" "\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3463,7 +3489,7 @@ msgstr "" "la instalilo, vi povas ŝanĝi ĝin ĉi tie." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3474,17 +3500,17 @@ msgstr "" "Magejo krei novan." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "La grafika menuo de Magejo estas bela :)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Uzi la lanĉilon de Magejo" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3496,7 +3522,7 @@ msgstr "" "ilin al via nova Mageja lanĉilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3505,7 +3531,7 @@ msgstr "" "legacy and Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3516,7 +3542,7 @@ msgstr "" "used." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3525,12 +3551,12 @@ msgstr "" "the Summary page during installation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Uzi ekzistantan lanĉilon" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3542,7 +3568,7 @@ msgstr "" "lokon de la lanĉilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3553,12 +3579,12 @@ msgstr "" "ekzemple sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Klarigcele, sda estas aparato, sda7 subdisko." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3569,7 +3595,7 @@ msgstr "" "vin ree al la instal-ekrano." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3583,12 +3609,12 @@ msgstr "" "ĝin aŭtomate. Vidu la dokumentaron por la konkreta operacia sistemo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Lanĉila sperta elekto" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/es.po b/docs/installer/es.po index 1af3a55e..4aa8618c 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es.po +++ b/docs/installer/es.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-05 10:32+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jose Manuel López <rocholc@hotmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1136,21 +1136,22 @@ msgstr "" "selección conservadora. " #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Particionado de disco personalizado con DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1163,18 +1164,19 @@ msgstr "" "lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "Ajuste la estructura de su(s) disco(s) aquí. Se pueden añadir y quitar " "particiones, cambiar el sistema de archivos de una partición o cambiar su " "tamaño, e incluso echar un vistazo antes de empezar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1183,7 +1185,7 @@ msgstr "" "como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1192,7 +1194,7 @@ msgstr "" "del disco de almacenaje seleccionado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1202,15 +1204,34 @@ msgstr "" "montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Continue hasta que ajuste todo a su gusto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> cuando esté listo." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1414,22 +1435,22 @@ msgstr "" "megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalación con DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Febrero 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1444,7 +1465,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1455,7 +1476,7 @@ msgstr "" "by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1466,7 +1487,7 @@ msgstr "" "www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1476,13 +1497,13 @@ msgstr "" "<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de " "Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1491,8 +1512,8 @@ msgstr "" "Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá " "dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1679,11 +1700,6 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 msgid "" @@ -1885,8 +1901,8 @@ msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" "Esta ayuda se encuentra traducida en el idioma de su elección con la tecla F2" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3634,11 +3650,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" "Si ha elegido Grub 2 como su gestor de arranque, no se puede utilizar esta " "herramienta para editar las entradas en este paso, pulse \"Siguiente\". Hay " @@ -3646,7 +3663,7 @@ msgstr "" "lugar." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3657,7 +3674,7 @@ msgstr "" "png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3666,7 +3683,7 @@ msgstr "" "entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" @@ -3674,7 +3691,7 @@ msgstr "" "renombrar completamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3683,7 +3700,7 @@ msgstr "" "que seleccione otra." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3700,17 +3717,25 @@ msgstr "Opciones principales del cargador de arranque" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-setupBootloader." "png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3719,7 +3744,7 @@ msgstr "" "elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3730,17 +3755,17 @@ msgstr "" "permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "Los menús gráficos de Mageia son buenos y bonitos :)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Usando el cargador de arranque de Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3752,7 +3777,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3761,7 +3786,7 @@ msgstr "" "opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3772,7 +3797,7 @@ msgstr "" "defecto." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3781,12 +3806,12 @@ msgstr "" "en la página de resumen durante la instación." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Usando un cargador de arranque existente" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3799,7 +3824,7 @@ msgstr "" "permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3810,12 +3835,12 @@ msgstr "" "por ejemplo sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Para ser claro, sda es un dispositivo, sda7 es una partición." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3826,7 +3851,7 @@ msgstr "" "al instalador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3841,12 +3866,12 @@ msgstr "" "sistema operativo en cuestión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Opción avanzada del cargador de arranque" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/et.po b/docs/installer/et.po index a065d5d4..bebaa956 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et.po +++ b/docs/installer/et.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-22 01:00+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Marek Laane <qiilaq69@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <i18n-et@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -99,9 +99,9 @@ msgstr "et" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (täiendavate paigaldusandmekandjate seadistamine)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ msgid "" "source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " "during the next steps." msgstr "" -"Siin on näha juba tuvastatud andmekandjad ehk tarkvarahoidlad. Võite " -"lisada ka teisi allikaid, kust tarkvarapakette hankida, näiteks plaadi pealt " -"või internetist. Allikate valik määrab, milliseid tarkvarapakette saab " +"Siin on näha juba tuvastatud andmekandjad ehk tarkvarahoidlad. Võite lisada " +"ka teisi allikaid, kust tarkvarapakette hankida, näiteks plaadi pealt või " +"internetist. Allikate valik määrab, milliseid tarkvarapakette saab " "järgmistel etappidel kasutada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -160,32 +160,32 @@ msgid "" "packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " "needed 32 bit packages there." msgstr "" -"Kui uuendate 64-bitist paigaldust, milles võib leiduda mõningaid " -"32-bitiseid rakendusi, on soovitatav sellel ekraanil lisada võrgupeegel, " -"märkides selleks ära mõni pakutud võrguprotokoll. 64-bitise DVD " -"ISO-tõmmis sisaldab ainult 64-bitiseid ja arhitektuurist sõltumatuid " -"tarkvarapakette, mistõttu selle abil ei saa uuendada 32-bitiseid " -"rakendusi. Kuid pärast võrgupeegli lisamist leiab paigaldusprogramm " -"ise sealt üles vajalikud 32-bitised tarkvarapaketid." +"Kui uuendate 64-bitist paigaldust, milles võib leiduda mõningaid 32-bitiseid " +"rakendusi, on soovitatav sellel ekraanil lisada võrgupeegel, märkides " +"selleks ära mõni pakutud võrguprotokoll. 64-bitise DVD ISO-tõmmis sisaldab " +"ainult 64-bitiseid ja arhitektuurist sõltumatuid tarkvarapakette, mistõttu " +"selle abil ei saa uuendada 32-bitiseid rakendusi. Kuid pärast võrgupeegli " +"lisamist leiab paigaldusprogramm ise sealt üles vajalikud 32-bitised " +"tarkvarapaketid." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Kasutajate ja administraatori haldamine" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or #. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 #. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -423,17 +423,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Haakepunktide valimine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -684,8 +684,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Teenuste seadistamine" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -739,8 +739,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Ajavööndi seadistamine" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -1114,21 +1114,22 @@ msgstr "" "tasub valides olla pigem konservatiivne." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Ketta kohandatud partitsioneerimine DiskDrake'i abil" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1141,18 +1142,19 @@ msgstr "" "ole süsteemi võimalik üldse laadida." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "Siin saab kohandada ketta või ketaste jagamist: eemaldada või luua " "partitsioone, muuta partitsiooni failisüsteemi või suurust ning isegi enne " "alustamist näha, mida partitsioon sisaldab." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1162,7 +1164,7 @@ msgstr "" "olema kolm salvestusseadet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1171,7 +1173,7 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1181,15 +1183,36 @@ msgstr "" "või ka kustutada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Jätkake, kuni kõik on nii, nagu soovite." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Kui kõik on valmis, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton>." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1303,10 +1326,10 @@ msgid "" "and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" "Selle valiku korral näitab paigaldusprogramm alles jäävat Windowsi " -"partitsiooni helesinisena ja tulevast Mageia partitsiooni tumesinisena " -"ning nende all näeb kavandatud suurusi. Ühtlasi on teil võimalus " -"neid suurusi muuta, klõpsates partitsioonide vahel asuvale tühialale " -"ja seda lohistades. Seda näitab allolev pilt." +"partitsiooni helesinisena ja tulevast Mageia partitsiooni tumesinisena ning " +"nende all näeb kavandatud suurusi. Ühtlasi on teil võimalus neid suurusi " +"muuta, klõpsates partitsioonide vahel asuvale tühialale ja seda lohistades. " +"Seda näitab allolev pilt." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 @@ -1396,22 +1419,22 @@ msgstr "" "paarisarv." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Paigaldamine DrakX'i abil" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Veebruar 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1426,7 +1449,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1437,7 +1460,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1448,7 +1471,7 @@ msgstr "" "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1459,13 +1482,13 @@ msgstr "" "ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" "\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1475,8 +1498,8 @@ msgstr "" "millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus " "langetatud valikutest." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1485,9 +1508,9 @@ msgstr "</note>" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Õnnitleme!" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 @@ -1547,10 +1570,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Vormindamine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -1662,11 +1685,6 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 msgid "" @@ -1749,9 +1767,9 @@ msgid "" "emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" "emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." msgstr "" -"Lisada mõningaid kerneli võtmeid, vajutades klahvile <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">F6</emphasis> tavapärase süsteemi ja klahvile <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">e</emphasis> UEFI süsteemi korral." +"Lisada mõningaid kerneli võtmeid, vajutades klahvile <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">F6</emphasis> tavapärase süsteemi ja klahvile <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" +"emphasis> UEFI süsteemi korral." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:104 @@ -1825,8 +1843,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/installer.xml:140 msgid "Add more kernel options by pressing the key F1 (Legacy mode only)." msgstr "" -"Lisada veel rohkem kerneli võtmeid klahvile F1 vajutades " -"(ainult tavapärases süsteemis)" +"Lisada veel rohkem kerneli võtmeid klahvile F1 vajutades (ainult tavapärases " +"süsteemis)" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:143 @@ -1875,17 +1893,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "Abi tõlgitakse keelde, mis on valitud klahviga F2." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" "\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" msgstr "" -"Täpsemat teavet kerneli võtmete kohta tavapärases ja UEFI süsteemis " -"leiab meie Wiki-lehelt <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_" -"to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_" -"up_kernel_options</link>" +"Täpsemat teavet kerneli võtmete kohta tavapärases ja UEFI süsteemis leiab " +"meie Wiki-lehelt <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:180 @@ -2077,10 +2095,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Uuendused" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -2121,9 +2139,9 @@ msgstr "Seejärel klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (mittevaba tarkvara)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 @@ -2242,18 +2260,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Seadistuste kokkuvõte" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -2582,8 +2600,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Turbetase" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -2958,9 +2976,8 @@ msgid "" "- To use md5sum, type: [sam@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum path/to/the/image/" "file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" -"- md5sum kasutamiseks: [minukonto@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum " -"tõmmisefail.iso/" -"asukoht</userinput>." +"- md5sum kasutamiseks: [minukonto@localhost]$ <userinput>md5sum tõmmisefail." +"iso/asukoht</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:296 @@ -2969,8 +2986,7 @@ msgid "" "image/file.iso</userinput>." msgstr "" "- sha1sum kasutamiseks: [minukonto@localhost]$ <userinput>sha1sum " -"tõmmisefail.iso/" -"asukoht</userinput>." +"tõmmisefail.iso/asukoht</userinput>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:299 @@ -3212,8 +3228,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Riigi / piirkonna valimine" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -3545,10 +3561,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Hiire valimine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -3612,11 +3628,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" "Kui olete valinud alglaaduriks <code>Grub 2</code>, ei saa te selle " "tööriistaga sel sammul kirjeid muuta, nii et klõpsake 'Edasi'. Teil tuleb " @@ -3624,7 +3641,7 @@ msgstr "" "tööriista <code>grub-customizer</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3635,7 +3652,7 @@ msgstr "" "png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3644,14 +3661,14 @@ msgstr "" "kastikeses, millega see muudetakse vaikimisi kirjeks." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" "Kirje nimele võib lisada versiooninumbri, aga nime võib ka täielikult muuta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3660,7 +3677,7 @@ msgstr "" "kasutamata võimaluse midagi valida." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3674,21 +3691,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Alglaaduri põhiseadistused" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png" "\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"/> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3697,7 +3722,7 @@ msgstr "" "paigaldusprogramm automaatselt, saab siin neid muuta." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3708,17 +3733,17 @@ msgstr "" "Mageial luua uus." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "Mageia graafiline menüü näeb kena välja :)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Mageia alglaaduri kasutamine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3731,7 +3756,7 @@ msgstr "" "alglaadimismenüüsse." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3740,7 +3765,7 @@ msgstr "" "uuemat alglaadurit GRUB2." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3751,7 +3776,7 @@ msgstr "" "kasutada vaikimisi GRUBi alglaadurit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3760,12 +3785,12 @@ msgstr "" "paigaldamise ajal kokkuvõtteleheküljel." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Olemasoleva alglaaduri kasutamine" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3778,7 +3803,7 @@ msgstr "" "muuta alglaaduri paigaldamise asukohta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3789,12 +3814,12 @@ msgstr "" "partitsioneerimisetapil, nt sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Et asi selge oleks: sda on seade, sda7 aga partitsioon." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3806,7 +3831,7 @@ msgstr "" "ekraanile." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3821,12 +3846,12 @@ msgstr "" "dokumentatsiooni." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Alglaaduri täpsemad valikud" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3843,14 +3868,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "SCSI seadistamine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -3890,7 +3915,7 @@ msgstr "Seejärel peaks DrakX olema võimeline kettad korrektselt seadistama." msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Heli seadistamine" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -3933,9 +3958,9 @@ msgid "" "guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." msgstr "" "Seejärel klõpsake draksoundi ehk \"Heli seadistamise\" tööriistas nupule " -"<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> ja seejärel nupule " -"<guibutton>Probleemi otsimine</guibutton>, kust leiab mitmeid häid " -"soovitusi, kuidas hädast üle saada." +"<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton> ja seejärel nupule <guibutton>Probleemi " +"otsimine</guibutton>, kust leiab mitmeid häid soovitusi, kuidas hädast üle " +"saada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3967,12 +3992,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Kõvaketta vormindamise kinnitamine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct #. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" diff --git a/docs/installer/eu.po b/docs/installer/eu.po index c058419e..d1741f4b 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eu.po +++ b/docs/installer/eu.po @@ -9,15 +9,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-10 13:07+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Egoitz Rodriguez Obieta <egoitzro@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Basque (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" "eu/)\n" +"Language: eu\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: eu\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.9\n" @@ -102,11 +102,9 @@ msgstr "eu" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Baliabide Aukeraketa (Konfiguratu Instalazio Baliabide Osagarriak)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the -#. same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ -#. s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -177,24 +175,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Erabiltzaile eta Supererabiltzaileen Kudeaketa" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, -#. but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only -#. thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to -#. enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the -#. previous -#. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't -#. understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. screen), marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -434,20 +427,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Aukeratu muntatze-puntuak" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least -#. ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the -#. Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I -#. removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -603,8 +593,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Package Group Selection" msgstr "Pakete-taldearen hautapena" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" @@ -665,8 +654,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose Individual Packages" msgstr "Aukeratu Banakako Paketeak" -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a -#. new page +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -703,8 +691,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Konfiguratu zure Zerbitzuak" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -757,8 +745,8 @@ msgstr "Gauza bakarra aldatzen duzunean, oso ondo dakizu zer egiten ari zaren." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Konfiguratu zure Denbora-Eremua" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -904,9 +892,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "Txartel Grafikoa eta Pantaila Konfigurazioa" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" -#. in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename -#. for this page +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" @@ -1136,21 +1122,22 @@ msgstr "" "kontserbadorea izan behar da." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Pertsonalizatua disko partizioak DiskDrake-rekin" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1163,18 +1150,19 @@ msgstr "" "sistema ez izango da abiarazi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "Hemen zure disko gogor(ren) egitura estutu. Partizioak gehitu eta kendu " "daitezke, partizio bateko sistema edo tamaina alda daiteke, eta \n" "haietan hasi baino lehen dagoena arren ikusi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1184,7 +1172,7 @@ msgstr "" "badira." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1193,7 +1181,7 @@ msgstr "" "partizio guztiak garbitzeko" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1202,15 +1190,36 @@ msgstr "" "aukeratu fitxategi sistema eta muntatze puntua, tamainaz aldatu edo garbitu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Jarraitu dena zure nahiei egokitu arte." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Eginda</guibutton> prest zaudenean." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1413,23 +1422,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Ziurtatzen partizio guztiak sortzen diturela megabyte kopuru batekin." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "DrakX-rekin Instalazioa" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "2014ko Otsaila" -#. type: Content of: -#. <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1444,7 +1452,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1455,7 +1463,7 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1466,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>-k garatuta." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1476,13 +1484,13 @@ msgstr "" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentazio Talde</link>ra bada " "eskuliburu hau hobetzen lagundu ahal baduzu." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1492,8 +1500,8 @@ msgstr "" "dituzun irudiak zure hardwarea eta instalazioan zehar hartutako erabakien " "araberakoa izango da." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1502,10 +1510,10 @@ msgstr "</note>" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Zorionak" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text -#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 msgid "" @@ -1565,10 +1573,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formateatzen" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -1680,11 +1688,6 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 msgid "" @@ -1896,8 +1899,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "Laguntzak F2 teklaz aukeratutako hizkuntza emaitza du." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -2100,15 +2103,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Eguneraketak" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" -#. xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" -#. xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" -#. xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" -#. xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore -#. correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -2150,12 +2148,10 @@ msgstr "Ondoren, sakatu <guibutton>Hurrengoa</guibutton> jarraitzeko" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Baliabide Aukeraketa (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the -#. same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html -#. filename was wrong) +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 msgid "" @@ -2272,21 +2268,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Hainbat parametroen laburpena" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by -#. linkend="setupBootloader" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, -#. configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 msgid "" @@ -2619,8 +2613,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Segurtasun-maila" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -2698,15 +2692,13 @@ msgstr "Instalazioa Klasiko baliabidea" msgid "Common features" msgstr "Ezaugarri komunak" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:29 msgid "These ISOs use the traditional installer called drakx." msgstr "" "ISO hauek DrakX deituriko Instalatzaile tradizionalak erabilitzen dituzte." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:34 msgid "" "They are able to make a clean install or an update from previous releases." @@ -2719,14 +2711,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:45 msgid "Different media for architecture 32 or 64 bits." msgstr "Baliabide ezberdinak 32 edo 64 biteko arkitekturentzat." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:49 msgid "" "Some tools are available in the Welcome screen: Rescue System, Memory Test, " @@ -2735,14 +2725,12 @@ msgstr "" "Tresna batzuk Ongi etorri pantailan eskuragarri daude: Berreskuratze " "Sistema, Memoria Testa, Hardware hautemate tresna." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:54 msgid "Each DVD contains many available desktop environments and languages." msgstr "DVD bakoitzak mahaigaineko ingurune eta hizkuntza asko dauka." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:59 msgid "" "You'll be given the choice during the installation to add non free software." @@ -2753,8 +2741,7 @@ msgstr "Instalazioan zehar software ez librea gehitzeko aukera izango duzue." msgid "DVD dual arch" msgstr "arkitektura bikoitzeko DVDa" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:70 msgid "" "Both architectures are present on the same medium, the choice is made " @@ -2763,14 +2750,12 @@ msgstr "" "Arkitektura biak baliabide berean agertzen dira, aukera automatikoki egiten " "da atzemandako CPU-aren arabera." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:75 msgid "Uses Xfce desktop only." msgstr "Xfce mahaigaina soilik erabiltzen du." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:79 msgid "" "Not all languages are available. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, pl, " @@ -2779,8 +2764,7 @@ msgstr "" "Hizkuntza guztiak ez daude eskuragarri. (be, bg, ca, de, en, es, fr, it, mk, " "pl, pt, ru, sv, uk) EGIAZTAPENAREN ZAIN!" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:84 msgid "It contains non free software." msgstr "Software ez librea dauka." @@ -2790,8 +2774,7 @@ msgstr "Software ez librea dauka." msgid "Live media" msgstr "Live baliabidea" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:98 msgid "" "Can be used to preview the distribution without installing it on a HDD, and " @@ -2800,21 +2783,18 @@ msgstr "" "Distribuzioa aurreikusteko HDD baten instalatu gabe, eta aukeran Mageia zure " "HDD-an instalatzeko erabil daiteke." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:103 msgid "Each ISO contains only one desktop environment (KDE or GNOME)." msgstr "ISO bakoitzak mahaigain ingurune bakarra (KDE edo GNOME) dauka." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:108 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:172 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:190 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:220 msgid "Different media for 32 or 64 bit architectures." msgstr "32 edo 64 biteko arkitektura media ezberdinak." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:112 msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Live ISOs can only be used to create clean " @@ -2825,8 +2805,7 @@ msgstr "" "erabiliko dira, ezin dira aurreko bertsioetatik eguneratzeko erabili.</" "emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:118 msgid "They contain non free software." msgstr "Software ez librea dute." @@ -2836,21 +2815,18 @@ msgstr "Software ez librea dute." msgid "Live CD KDE" msgstr "KDE-ren Live CDa" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:128 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:164 msgid "KDE desktop environment only." msgstr "KDE mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:132 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:150 #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:224 msgid "English language only." msgstr "Ingelera hizkuntza soilik" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:136 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:154 msgid "32 bit only." msgstr "32 bit soilik." @@ -2860,8 +2836,7 @@ msgstr "32 bit soilik." msgid "Live CD GNOME" msgstr "GNOME-ren Live CD-a" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:146 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:182 msgid "GNOME desktop environment only." msgstr "GNOME mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik." @@ -2871,8 +2846,7 @@ msgstr "GNOME mahaigaineko ingurunea soilik." msgid "Live DVD KDE" msgstr "KDE-ren Live DVD-a" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:168 en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:186 msgid "All languages are present." msgstr "Hizkuntza guztiak presente daude." @@ -2887,8 +2861,7 @@ msgstr "GNOME-ren Live DVD-a" msgid "Boot-only CD media" msgstr "Abioko CD baliabidea soilik" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:204 msgid "" "Each one is a small image that contains no more than that which is needed to " @@ -2902,8 +2875,7 @@ msgstr "" "PC disko gogorrean egon daiteke, tokiko drive baten, sare lokalean zein " "Interneten." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:213 msgid "" "These media are very light (less than 100 MB) and are convenient when " @@ -2919,8 +2891,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot.iso" msgstr "boot.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:234 msgid "" "Contains only free software, for those people who refuse to use non-free " @@ -2934,8 +2905,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "boot-nonfree.iso" msgstr "boot-nonfree.iso" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:245 msgid "" "Contains non-free software (mostly drivers, codecs...) for people who need " @@ -3139,14 +3109,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can also use the dd tool in a console:" msgstr "dd kontsola tresna bezala ere erabil dezakezu:" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:352 msgid "Open a console" msgstr "Kontsola bat ireki" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:356 msgid "" "Become root with the command <userinput>su -</userinput> (don't forget the " @@ -3154,8 +3122,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Bihurtu root komando <userinput> su - </userinput> (ez ahaztu finalean '-')" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:360 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" @@ -3164,8 +3131,7 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata contentwidth=\"650\" fileref=\"../Root.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:367 msgid "" "Plug your USB stick (do not mount it, this also means do not open any " @@ -3174,14 +3140,12 @@ msgstr "" "Entxufatu zure USBa (ez muntatu, hau ere esan dezake edozein aplikazio edo " "fitxategi kudeatzaile ez ireki hori eskuratu eta irakurri, ezin)" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:373 msgid "Enter the command <userinput>fdisk -l</userinput>" msgstr "Idatzi <userinput>fdisk-l</userinput> komandoa" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:376 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" @@ -3190,8 +3154,7 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../Fdisk.png\" contentwidth=\"650\"/> </" "imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:383 msgid "" "Find the device name for your USB stick (by its size), for example /dev/sdb " @@ -3200,8 +3163,7 @@ msgstr "" "Aurkitu zure USB gailuaren izena (bere tamainaren arabera), adibidez /dev/" "sdb goiko irudian, 8Go USB-makila." -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:389 msgid "" "Enter the command: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX " @@ -3210,14 +3172,12 @@ msgstr "" "Agindua sartu: # <userinput>dd if=path/to/the/ISO/file of=/dev/sdX bs=1M</" "userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:392 msgid "Where X=your device name eg: /dev/sdc" msgstr "Non X=zure dispositiboaren izena adibidez: /dev/sdc" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:394 msgid "" "Example: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso of=/" @@ -3226,14 +3186,12 @@ msgstr "" "Adibidez: # <userinput>dd if=/home/user/Downloads/Mageia-4-x86_64-DVD.iso " "of=/dev/sdb bs=1M</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:400 msgid "Enter the command: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" msgstr "Agindua sartu: # <userinput>sync</userinput>" -#. type: Content of: -#. <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/SelectAndUseISOs2.xml:404 msgid "Unplug your USB stick, it is done" msgstr "Deskonektatu zure USB, eginda dago" @@ -3290,8 +3248,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Aukeratu zure Herrialdea / Eskualdea" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -3625,11 +3583,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Aukeratu sagua" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right -#. place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -3696,11 +3653,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" "<code>Grub 2</code> zure abioko kargatzaile bezala aukeratu baduzu, tresna " "hau ezin duzu erabili sarrerak aldatzeko urrats honetan, sakatu 'Hurrengoa'. " @@ -3708,7 +3666,7 @@ msgstr "" "customizer</code> erabili behar duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3719,7 +3677,7 @@ msgstr "" "png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3728,14 +3686,14 @@ msgstr "" "lehenetsi gisa markatzea." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" "Bertsio zenbaki egokia, edo izenez erabat sarrerari gehitu diezaiokezu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3744,7 +3702,7 @@ msgstr "" "kargatzen duena." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3757,24 +3715,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Abio kargatzailearen aukera nagusiak" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from -#. setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, -#. except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using -#. grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3783,7 +3746,7 @@ msgstr "" "ezberdinak nahiago badituzu, hemen alda ditzakezu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3794,17 +3757,17 @@ msgstr "" "sortzea erabaki behar duzu." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "The mageia menuak grafikoa politak ditu :)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Mageia abio kargatzailea erabiliz" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3816,7 +3779,7 @@ msgstr "" "gehiago baduzu, Mageia saiatuko da abio menu berrira gehitzen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3825,7 +3788,7 @@ msgstr "" "abioko kargatzailea gisa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3836,7 +3799,7 @@ msgstr "" "badu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3845,12 +3808,12 @@ msgstr "" "kargatzailea hemen erabiltzea da konponbiderik onena." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Existitzen den abio kargatzaile bat erabiliz" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3863,7 +3826,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalazio tokia aldatzen utziko dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3874,12 +3837,12 @@ msgstr "" "behar duzu, adibidez sda7 bezala." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Argi izan, sda gailu bat da, sda7 gailuaren partizio bat da." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3890,7 +3853,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalatzailera itzuliarazten dizu." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3904,12 +3867,12 @@ msgstr "" "sistema eragilearen dokumentazioa." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Abioko kargatzailearen aukera aurreratuak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3926,16 +3889,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "SCSI konfiguratu" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's -#. comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based -#. on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -3976,7 +3937,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Soinu Konfiguraketa" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -4053,13 +4014,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Baieztatzeko formateatu beharreko disko gogorra" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm -#. sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" diff --git a/docs/installer/fr.po b/docs/installer/fr.po index 7c4fc861..c808a2a3 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr.po +++ b/docs/installer/fr.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-05 20:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Eric Barbero <dune06@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1148,21 +1148,22 @@ msgstr "" "prudent dans vos choix." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Partitionnement personnalisé du disque avec DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1175,11 +1176,12 @@ msgstr "" "système ne pourra pas s'amorcer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "Définir ici la disposition du(es) disque(s). Il est possible de créer ou de " "supprimer des partitions, de changer le type du système de fichiers d'une " @@ -1187,7 +1189,7 @@ msgstr "" "de démarrer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1197,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" "s'ils sont trois." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1206,7 +1208,7 @@ msgstr "" "supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1216,15 +1218,36 @@ msgstr "" "la redimensionner ou la supprimer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Continuer jusqu'à ce que tout soit conforme aux désirs." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Terminer</guibutton> quand tout est correct.." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1434,22 +1457,22 @@ msgstr "" "de Mo." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Installation avec DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Février 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1464,7 +1487,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1475,7 +1498,7 @@ msgstr "" "sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1486,7 +1509,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1496,13 +1519,13 @@ msgstr "" "à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1512,8 +1535,8 @@ msgstr "" "apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que " "vous faites." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1706,11 +1729,6 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 msgid "" @@ -1934,8 +1952,8 @@ msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" "L'aide est traduite dans la langue sélectionnée en pressant la touche F2." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3717,11 +3735,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" "Si vous avez choisi <code>Grub 2</code> comme chargeur de démarrage, vous ne " "pouvez pas utliser cet outil pour modifier les entrées à cette étape, " @@ -3730,7 +3749,7 @@ msgstr "" "place." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3741,7 +3760,7 @@ msgstr "" "png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3751,7 +3770,7 @@ msgstr "" "risques." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" @@ -3759,7 +3778,7 @@ msgstr "" "renommer complètement." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3768,7 +3787,7 @@ msgstr "" "pendant la phase de démarrage du système." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3786,17 +3805,25 @@ msgstr "Principales options du chargeur de démarrage" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3805,7 +3832,7 @@ msgstr "" "de ceux choisis automatiquement par l'installateur, les changer ici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3816,17 +3843,17 @@ msgstr "" "ou autoriser Mageia à en créer un autre. " #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "Les menus graphiques de Mageia sont superbes :) " #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3839,7 +3866,7 @@ msgstr "" "nouveau menu de démarrage Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3848,7 +3875,7 @@ msgstr "" "plus de GRUB legacy et Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3859,7 +3886,7 @@ msgstr "" "chargeur de démarrage GRUB est utilisé." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3868,12 +3895,12 @@ msgstr "" "est disponible pendant l'installation à la page du résumé." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Utiliser un chargeur de démarrage existant. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3886,7 +3913,7 @@ msgstr "" "permet de modifier le lieu d'installation du chargeur de démarrage." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3897,14 +3924,14 @@ msgstr "" "phase du partitionnement, par ex \"sda7\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" "Pour être clair, sda est un périphérique, sda7 est une partition de ce " "périphérique." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3915,7 +3942,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'écran de l'installateur." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3930,12 +3957,12 @@ msgstr "" "Voir la documentation du système d'exploitation en question." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Option avancée du chargeur de démarrage " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/help.pot b/docs/installer/help.pot index a2b82f84..d42af212 100644 --- a/docs/installer/help.pot +++ b/docs/installer/help.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -874,19 +874,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -895,44 +895,61 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1094,22 +1111,22 @@ msgid "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabyte msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "" @@ -1124,7 +1141,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link " @@ -1132,7 +1149,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link " "ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " @@ -1140,28 +1157,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " "ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " "Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "" @@ -1313,11 +1330,6 @@ msgid "" "</imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 msgid "" @@ -1482,8 +1494,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link " @@ -2896,14 +2908,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " "xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " @@ -2911,26 +2923,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -2949,18 +2961,25 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " "fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -2968,17 +2987,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -2987,14 +3006,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3002,19 +3021,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3023,7 +3042,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing " "MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the " @@ -3031,12 +3050,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3044,7 +3063,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3054,12 +3073,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " diff --git a/docs/installer/hr.po b/docs/installer/hr.po index d0e598ce..d9ebd7cf 100644 --- a/docs/installer/hr.po +++ b/docs/installer/hr.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-02 16:24+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ivica Kolić <ikoli@yahoo.com>\n" "Language-Team: Croatian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -994,19 +994,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1015,44 +1018,65 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1221,22 +1245,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalacija pomoću " -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Veljača 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1251,7 +1275,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1259,7 +1283,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1267,28 +1291,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "" @@ -1443,11 +1467,6 @@ msgid "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 #, fuzzy @@ -1635,8 +1654,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3048,14 +3067,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3063,27 +3082,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3098,21 +3117,32 @@ msgstr "Glavne postavke bootloadera" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3120,17 +3150,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3139,14 +3169,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3154,19 +3184,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3175,7 +3205,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3183,12 +3213,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3196,7 +3226,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3206,12 +3236,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/id.po b/docs/installer/id.po index c965b8cf..9b362ade 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id.po +++ b/docs/installer/id.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-07 00:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Kiki <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -1125,21 +1125,22 @@ msgstr "" "sangat bijaksana jika Anda memilih yang sederhana." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Menyesuaikan pemartisian disk dengan DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1152,18 +1153,19 @@ msgstr "" "Anda tidak akan bisa berjalan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "Atur tampilan disk Anda di sini. Anda bisa menghapus atau membuat partisi, " "mengubah filesystem partisi atau mengubah ukurannya dan menampilkan isinya " "sebelum Anda memulai." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1172,7 +1174,7 @@ msgstr "" "lainnya, seperti flashdisk. Contohnya sda, sdb dan sdc jika ada tiga." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1181,7 +1183,7 @@ msgstr "" "partisi pada perangkat penyimpanan terpilih" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1190,15 +1192,36 @@ msgstr "" "tampilkan, atau pilih filesystem dan titik kait, ubah ukuran atau bersihkan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Lanjutkan hingga Anda mengatur semua yang Anda inginkan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Klik <guibutton>Selesai</guibutton> jika sudah siap." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1401,22 +1424,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Juga pastikan semua partisi dibuat dengan penomoran megabite." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalasi dengan DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februari 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1431,7 +1454,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1442,7 +1465,7 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1453,7 +1476,7 @@ msgstr "" "biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1463,13 +1486,13 @@ msgstr "" "ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Tim Dokumentasi</" "link>, jika Anda ingin membantu memperbaiki manual ini." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1479,8 +1502,8 @@ msgstr "" "manual ini. Layar mana yang akan Anda lihat, tergantung pada hardware dan " "pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1667,11 +1690,6 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 msgid "" @@ -1884,8 +1902,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "Bantuan diterjemahkan ke dalam bahasa yang dipilih dengan tombol F2." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3633,11 +3651,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" "Jika Anda memilih <code>Grub 2</code> sebagai bootloader, Anda tidak bisa " "menggunakan alat ini untuk mengubah entri pada langkah ini, tekan " @@ -3645,7 +3664,7 @@ msgstr "" "manual atau gunakan <code>grub-customizer</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3656,7 +3675,7 @@ msgstr "" "png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3665,14 +3684,14 @@ msgstr "" "dan memilih kotak untuk membuat entri menjadi bawaan." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" "Anda bisa menambah nomor versi entri yang tepat, atau mengganti namanya." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3681,7 +3700,7 @@ msgstr "" "tidak memilih saat mulai berjalan." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3698,17 +3717,25 @@ msgstr "Pilihan utama Bootloader" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3717,7 +3744,7 @@ msgstr "" "secara otomatis oleh installer, Anda bisa mengubahnya di sini." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3728,17 +3755,17 @@ msgstr "" "atau membiarkan Mageia membuatnya." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "Menu grafis Mageia sangat cantik :)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Gunakan bootloader Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3751,7 +3778,7 @@ msgstr "" "baru." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3760,7 +3787,7 @@ msgstr "" "tambahan GRUB legacy dan Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3770,7 +3797,7 @@ msgstr "" "(legacy) dan tidak akan dikenali jika bootloader GRUB bawaan digunakan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3779,12 +3806,12 @@ msgstr "" "Ringkasan selama instalasi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Gunakan bootloader yang ada" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3797,7 +3824,7 @@ msgstr "" "mengubah lokasi instalasi bootloader." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3808,14 +3835,14 @@ msgstr "" "pemartisian sebelumnya, misalnya sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" "Supaya jelas, sda adalah perangkat, sda7 adalah partisi pada perangkat " "tersebut." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3826,7 +3853,7 @@ msgstr "" "akan membawa Anda kembali ke layar installer." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3840,12 +3867,12 @@ msgstr "" "menambahkan secara otomatis. Lihat pada dokumentasi sistem operasi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Pilihan lanjutan bootloader" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/it.po b/docs/installer/it.po index f3e917f5..5949200f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/it.po +++ b/docs/installer/it.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-12 20:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Roberto Albano <randyichinose@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -983,21 +983,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Partizionamento personalizzato con DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1010,18 +1011,19 @@ msgstr "" "literal> NON deve essere impostata, altrimenti il sistema non sarà avviabile." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "Imposta il layout del tuo disco/i. Puoi rimuovere o creare partizioni, " "cambiare il filesystem di una partizione o cambiare la sua dimensione e " "anche, prima di partire, di vederne il contenuto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1031,7 +1033,7 @@ msgstr "" "sono tre." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1040,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr "" "partizioni sul dispositivo di storage selezionato." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1050,15 +1052,34 @@ msgstr "" "oppure cancellala." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Continua sino a quando non avrai impostato tutto come desideri." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Quando hai completato premi <guibutton>Finito</guibutton> " +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1233,22 +1254,22 @@ msgstr "" "megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Installazione con DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Febbraio 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1263,7 +1284,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1274,7 +1295,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1285,7 +1306,7 @@ msgstr "" "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1295,21 +1316,21 @@ msgstr "" "\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Team Documentazione</" "link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1487,11 +1508,6 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 msgid "" @@ -1679,8 +1695,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "L'aiuto viene tradotto nella lingua scelta con il tasto F2." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3314,14 +3330,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3332,27 +3348,27 @@ msgstr "" "png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3369,17 +3385,25 @@ msgstr "Opzioni principali del bootloader" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3388,7 +3412,7 @@ msgstr "" "automatico dall'installer puoi modificare da qua." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3399,17 +3423,17 @@ msgstr "" "Mageia di crearne uno nuovo." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "I menù grafici di Mageia sono belli :)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3418,7 +3442,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3427,7 +3451,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3438,7 +3462,7 @@ msgstr "" "default è GRUB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3447,12 +3471,12 @@ msgstr "" "l'installazione." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Usare un bootloader esistente" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3461,7 +3485,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3472,14 +3496,14 @@ msgstr "" "la precedente fase di partizionamento esempio: sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" "Per essere chiari, sda è il dispositivo, sda7 la partizione su quel " "dispositivo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3487,7 +3511,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3497,12 +3521,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Opzioni avanzate del Bootloader" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/nl.po b/docs/installer/nl.po index 83fe3bcd..f2f7aaf7 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nl.po +++ b/docs/installer/nl.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-04 13:51+2100\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <i18n-nl@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -1127,21 +1127,22 @@ msgstr "" "te zijn met uw keuze." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Aangepaste schijfpartitionering met DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1154,18 +1155,19 @@ msgstr "" "uw systeem niet opstarten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "Pas hier de partitionering van uw harde schijf of schijven aan. U kunt " "partities verwijderen of aanmaken, het bestandssysteem of de grootte van een " "partitie wijzigen en zelfs bekijken wat ze bevatten voor u start." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1175,7 +1177,7 @@ msgstr "" "als er drie zijn." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1184,7 +1186,7 @@ msgstr "" "geselecteerde opslag apparaat te verwijderen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1194,15 +1196,36 @@ msgstr "" "aan of verwijder haar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Ga verder totdat alles naar uw wensen is aangepast." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Klik dan op <guibutton>Klaar</guibutton>." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1317,9 +1340,9 @@ msgid "" "and draging the gap between both partitions. See the screen-shot below." msgstr "" "Bij deze optie is de resterende Windowspartitie lichtblauw en de nieuwe " -"Mageiapartitie donkerblauw. Eronder ziet u hun voorgestelde groottes. U " -"kunt die wijzigen door op de spleet tussen deze partities te klikken, en " -"naar links of rechts te slepen. Zie de schermafbeelding hieronder." +"Mageiapartitie donkerblauw. Eronder ziet u hun voorgestelde groottes. U kunt " +"die wijzigen door op de spleet tussen deze partities te klikken, en naar " +"links of rechts te slepen. Zie de schermafbeelding hieronder." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:89 @@ -1410,22 +1433,22 @@ msgstr "" "aantal megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Installeren met DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februari 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1440,7 +1463,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1451,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" "by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1462,7 +1485,7 @@ msgstr "" "href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1473,13 +1496,13 @@ msgstr "" "\">Documentatie Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te " "verbeteren." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1489,8 +1512,8 @@ msgstr "" "worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die " "u tijdens het installeren maakt." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1678,11 +1701,6 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 msgid "" @@ -1894,8 +1912,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "De hulp wordt in de gekozen taal vertaald met de F2 toets." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3653,11 +3671,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" "Als u <code>Grub 2</code> als opstartlader heeft gekozen, kunt u deze tool " "niet gebruiken om ingangen aan te passen. Klik op 'Volgende'. U kunt wel " @@ -3665,7 +3684,7 @@ msgstr "" "customizer</code> gebruiken." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3676,7 +3695,7 @@ msgstr "" "png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3686,7 +3705,7 @@ msgstr "" "standaard ingang wordt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" @@ -3694,7 +3713,7 @@ msgstr "" "hernoemen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3703,7 +3722,7 @@ msgstr "" "maakt tijdens het opstarten van uw computer." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3720,17 +3739,25 @@ msgstr "Algemene opties voor de opstartlader" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3739,7 +3766,7 @@ msgstr "" "hier veranderen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3750,17 +3777,17 @@ msgstr "" "of dat u Mageia toestaat een nieuwe te creëren." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "De Mageia grafische menu's zijn mooi :)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "De Mageia-opstartlader gebruiken" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3772,7 +3799,7 @@ msgstr "" "heeft, probeert Mageia ze aan uw nieuwe Mageia opstartmenu toe te voegen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3781,7 +3808,7 @@ msgstr "" "opstartlader te nemen, ook GRUB2 als keuze aan." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3792,7 +3819,7 @@ msgstr "" "opstartlader gebruikt wordt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3801,12 +3828,12 @@ msgstr "" "tijdens het installeren in de Overzichtspagina beschikbaar is." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Een bestaande opstartlader gebruiken" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3819,7 +3846,7 @@ msgstr "" "de locatie kunt veranderen waar de opstartlader geplaatst wordt." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3830,12 +3857,12 @@ msgstr "" "bijvoorbeeld \"sda7\"." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Ter verduidelijking, sda is een apparaat, sda7 is een partitie." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3846,7 +3873,7 @@ msgstr "" "naar het installatiescherm." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3861,12 +3888,12 @@ msgstr "" "documentatie van het betreffende besturingssysteem." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Geavanceerde optie voor de opstartlader" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/pl.po b/docs/installer/pl.po index 6dc0d366..ae433d7a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl.po +++ b/docs/installer/pl.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-14 19:12+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Napora <napcok@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Polish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1032,21 +1032,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Zaawansowany podział na partycje za pomocą DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1059,18 +1060,19 @@ msgstr "" "to uruchomienie systemu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "Tutaj możesz dostosować podział swojego dysku na partycje. Możesz usuwać i " "tworzyć partycje, zmieniać system plików lub rozmiar partycji, a nawet " "sprawdzać co znajduje się na poszczególnych partycjach." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1080,7 +1082,7 @@ msgstr "" "urządzenia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1089,7 +1091,7 @@ msgstr "" "partycje znajdujące się na wybranym dysku." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1099,18 +1101,39 @@ msgstr "" "ją usunąć." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" "Kontynuuj aż do momentu gdy skonfigurujesz wszystko zgodnie ze swoimi " "preferencjami." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "" "Jeśli wszystko zostało już ustawione kliknij <guibutton>Gotowe</guibutton>." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1302,22 +1325,22 @@ msgstr "" "liczbę megabajtów." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalacja za pomocą DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1332,7 +1355,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1343,7 +1366,7 @@ msgstr "" "org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1354,7 +1377,7 @@ msgstr "" "www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1364,13 +1387,13 @@ msgstr "" "chcesz pomóc poprawić dokumentację skontaktuj się z <link ns6:href=\"https://" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Zespołem Dokumentacji</link>, " -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1380,8 +1403,8 @@ msgstr "" "To które ekrany zobaczysz zależy od tego jaki posiadasz sprzęt oraz jakich " "wyborów dokonasz podczas instalacji." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1563,11 +1586,6 @@ msgid "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 msgid "" @@ -1750,8 +1768,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3300,14 +3318,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3315,27 +3333,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3350,24 +3368,32 @@ msgstr "Podstawowe opcje programu rozruchowego" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3375,17 +3401,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3394,14 +3420,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3409,19 +3435,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3430,7 +3456,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3438,12 +3464,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3451,7 +3477,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3461,12 +3487,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po index 061b60c5..26765325 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-05 02:23+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marcio Andre Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" @@ -1135,21 +1135,22 @@ msgstr "" "seleções." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Personalização do particionamento de disco com DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1162,18 +1163,19 @@ msgstr "" "literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar " "partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu " "tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1183,7 +1185,7 @@ msgstr "" "deles." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1192,7 +1194,7 @@ msgstr "" "no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1202,15 +1204,36 @@ msgstr "" "montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Continue até que você ajustar tudo como desejar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Click <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> quando estiver pronto." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1417,22 +1440,22 @@ msgstr "" "número par de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalando com DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Fevereiro 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1447,7 +1470,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1458,7 +1481,7 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1469,7 +1492,7 @@ msgstr "" "biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1479,13 +1502,13 @@ msgstr "" "<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de " "Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1495,8 +1518,8 @@ msgstr "" "telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz " "durante a instalação." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1685,11 +1708,6 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 msgid "" @@ -1905,8 +1923,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "A ajuda é traduzida no idioma escolhido com a tecla F2." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3668,11 +3686,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" "Se você escolheu <code>Grub 2</code> como seu gerenciador de inicialização, " "você não pode usar esta ferramenta para editar entradas neste passo, " @@ -3680,7 +3699,7 @@ msgstr "" "cfg</code> ou usar <code>grub-customizer</code> em seu lugar." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3691,7 +3710,7 @@ msgstr "" "png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3700,7 +3719,7 @@ msgstr "" "de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" @@ -3708,7 +3727,7 @@ msgstr "" "completamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3717,7 +3736,7 @@ msgstr "" "durante a inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3734,17 +3753,25 @@ msgstr "Principais Opções do Gerenciador de Inicialização" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" " "align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3754,7 +3781,7 @@ msgstr "" "instalador, você pode alterá-las aqui." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3765,17 +3792,17 @@ msgstr "" "inicialização existente, ou permitir que a Mageia crie um novo." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "O menu gráfico da Mageia é ótimo :)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Usando o Gerenciador de Inicialização da Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3788,7 +3815,7 @@ msgstr "" "ao seu novo menu de inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3797,7 +3824,7 @@ msgstr "" "opcional, em adição ao GRUB original e Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3808,7 +3835,7 @@ msgstr "" "se for utilizado o GRUB padrão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3817,12 +3844,12 @@ msgstr "" "que está disponível na página de resumo durante a instalação." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Usando um Gerenciador de Inicialização existente" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3836,7 +3863,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gerenciador de Inicialização." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3847,12 +3874,12 @@ msgstr "" "a fase de particionamento anterior, por exemplo: sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Para ficar claro, sda é um dispositivo, sda7 é uma partição." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3863,7 +3890,7 @@ msgstr "" "volta para a tela do instalador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3879,12 +3906,12 @@ msgstr "" "questão." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Opções Avançadas do Gerenciador de Inicialização" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/ro.po b/docs/installer/ro.po index 46d34b7e..4e7ca9f9 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro.po +++ b/docs/installer/ro.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-03-06 23:14+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1127,21 +1127,22 @@ msgstr "" "recomandă să fiți prudent în alegeri." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Partiționare de disc personalizată cu DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1154,18 +1155,19 @@ msgstr "" "putea demara." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "Aici configurați compartimentarea discurilor. Puteți crea și înlătura " "partiții, schimba sistemul de fișiere al unei partiții, modifica dimensiunea " "și chiar vizualiza conținutul ei înainte de a începe." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1174,7 +1176,7 @@ msgstr "" "de stocare, precum o cheie USB. De exemplu: sda, sdb și sdc dacă sînt trei." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1183,7 +1185,7 @@ msgstr "" "toate partițiile de pe dispozitivul de stocare selectat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1193,15 +1195,36 @@ msgstr "" "redimensiona sau chiar șterge." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Continuați pînă cînd ajustați totul așa cum doriți." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Apăsați pe <guibutton>Gata</guibutton> cînd sînteți pregătit." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1406,22 +1429,22 @@ msgstr "" "megaocteți." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalare cu DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februarie 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1436,7 +1459,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1447,7 +1470,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1458,7 +1481,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1469,13 +1492,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">echipa de documentație</" "link>." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1485,8 +1508,8 @@ msgstr "" "de componentele voastre materiale și de alegerile făcute în timpul " "instalării." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1670,11 +1693,6 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 #, fuzzy @@ -1888,8 +1906,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "Cu tasta F2 aveți ajutorul tradus în limba aleasă." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3649,11 +3667,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" "Dacă ați ales <code>Grub 2</code> ca încărcător de sistem, nu puteți utiliza " "această unealtă pentru a edita intrările în această etapă, apăsați " @@ -3661,7 +3680,7 @@ msgstr "" "sau să utilizați <code>grub-customizer</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3672,7 +3691,7 @@ msgstr "" "png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3681,7 +3700,7 @@ msgstr "" "intrare implicită sînt acțiuni care nu comportă nici un risc." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" @@ -3689,7 +3708,7 @@ msgstr "" "puteți redenumi în întregime." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3698,7 +3717,7 @@ msgstr "" "o alegere la pornire." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3715,17 +3734,25 @@ msgstr "Opțiunile principale ale încărcătorului de sistem" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3734,7 +3761,7 @@ msgstr "" "aleși automatic de instalator, în acest caz îi puteți schimba aici." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3745,17 +3772,17 @@ msgstr "" "existent, ori să lăsați Mageia să creeze unul nou." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "Meniurile grafice Mageia sînt frumoase :)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Se utilizează un încărcător de sistem Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3768,7 +3795,7 @@ msgstr "" "adauge în noul meniu de demaraj." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3777,7 +3804,7 @@ msgstr "" "de GRUB (învechit) și Lilo. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3788,7 +3815,7 @@ msgstr "" "dacă este utilizat încărcătorul de sistem GRUB implicit." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3797,12 +3824,12 @@ msgstr "" "care este disponibil în pagina rezumat din cursul instalării." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Se utilizează încărcătorul de sistem existent" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3816,7 +3843,7 @@ msgstr "" "încărcătorului de sistem. " #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3828,14 +3855,14 @@ msgstr "" "exemplu: sda7)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" "Ca să fie clar: sda este un dispozitiv, iar sda7 este o partiție de pe acel " "dispozitiv." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3846,7 +3873,7 @@ msgstr "" "+Alt+F7 vă readuce în ecranul instalatorului." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3861,12 +3888,12 @@ msgstr "" "sistem Mageia. Consultați documentația sistemului de operare în chestiune." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Opțiunile avansate ale încărcătorului de sistem" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/ru.po b/docs/installer/ru.po index 624d8aae..1f389ccc 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru.po +++ b/docs/installer/ru.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-05 14:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Russian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1165,21 +1165,22 @@ msgstr "" "автоматически. Опять же, стоит параметры выбирать очень осторожно." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Ручное разделение диска на разделы с помощью DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1192,11 +1193,12 @@ msgstr "" "иначе загрузка системы станет невозможной." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "С помощью этой страницы можно определить компоновки разделов в системе. С ее " "помощью можно удалять и создавать разделы, изменять файловые системы на " @@ -1204,7 +1206,7 @@ msgstr "" "внесения изменений." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1214,7 +1216,7 @@ msgstr "" "если будет обнаружено три диска." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1223,7 +1225,7 @@ msgstr "" "выбранном носителе данных были очищены." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1234,19 +1236,40 @@ msgstr "" "разделы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" "Повторяйте эти действия для всех соответствующих разделов, пока все не " "станет так, как вы хотите." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "" "Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Выполнено</guibutton>, когда настройки будут " "завершены." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1456,22 +1479,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Также следует создавать разделы только с чётным размером в мегабайтах." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Установка с помощью DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Февраль 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1486,7 +1509,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1498,7 +1521,7 @@ msgstr "" "licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1509,7 +1532,7 @@ msgstr "" "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1520,13 +1543,13 @@ msgstr "" "Documentation_team\">команды документирования</link>, Если вы хотите, помочь " "улучшить данное руководство." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1536,8 +1559,8 @@ msgstr "" "страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и " "выбранного вами варианта установки." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1726,11 +1749,6 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 msgid "" @@ -1953,8 +1971,8 @@ msgstr "" "Посмотреть перевод справки на выбранном языке можно с помощью нажатия " "клавиши F2." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3754,11 +3772,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" "Если вами был выбран загрузчик <code>Grub 2</code>, то вы не сможете " "воспользоваться этим инструментом для редактирования записей на следующем " @@ -3768,7 +3787,7 @@ msgstr "" "grub2/custom.cfg</code> вручную." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3779,7 +3798,7 @@ msgstr "" "png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3788,7 +3807,7 @@ msgstr "" "относится изменение метки записи или обозначение дефолтной записи в списке." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" @@ -3796,7 +3815,7 @@ msgstr "" "название записи." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3805,7 +3824,7 @@ msgstr "" "пользователем не будет сделано другого выбора во время показа меню загрузки." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3823,17 +3842,25 @@ msgstr "Основные параметры загрузчика" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3843,7 +3870,7 @@ msgstr "" "их с помощью этой страницы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3854,17 +3881,17 @@ msgstr "" "к меню текущего загрузчика, или Mageia должна создать собственный загрузчик." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "Графические меню Mageia выглядят великолепно. :)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Использование загрузчика Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3877,7 +3904,7 @@ msgstr "" "этих операционных систем в новое меню загрузки Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3886,7 +3913,7 @@ msgstr "" "дополнение к устаревшей версии GRUB и Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3897,7 +3924,7 @@ msgstr "" "GRUB (устаревшей версии)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3907,12 +3934,12 @@ msgstr "" "операционной системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Использование уже установленного загрузчика" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3925,7 +3952,7 @@ msgstr "" "сможете изменить место установки загрузчика." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3936,12 +3963,12 @@ msgstr "" "шаге распределения диска на разделы, например «sda7»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Если быть точным, sda - это устройство, а sda7 - раздел на устройстве." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3953,7 +3980,7 @@ msgstr "" "помощью нажатия комбинации клавиш Ctrl+Alt+F7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3969,12 +3996,12 @@ msgstr "" "другой операционной системы." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Дополнительные параметры загрузчика" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/sl.po b/docs/installer/sl.po index 506a1fc6..3b49c80e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sl.po +++ b/docs/installer/sl.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-01-05 11:47+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -920,21 +920,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Razdeljevanje diska po meri s programom DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -943,44 +944,65 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1149,22 +1171,22 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Namestitev s programom DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Februar 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1179,7 +1201,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1187,7 +1209,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1195,28 +1217,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " "while installing." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1373,11 +1395,6 @@ msgid "" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 #, fuzzy @@ -1564,8 +1581,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3013,14 +3030,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3028,27 +3045,27 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3063,24 +3080,32 @@ msgstr "Glavne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3088,17 +3113,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3107,14 +3132,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3122,19 +3147,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3143,7 +3168,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3151,12 +3176,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3164,7 +3189,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3174,12 +3199,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Napredne možnosti zagonskega nalagalnika" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/sq.po b/docs/installer/sq.po index 98f13982..8fef3885 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq.po +++ b/docs/installer/sq.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-04-07 22:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Ardit Dani <ardit.dani@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1101,21 +1101,22 @@ msgstr "" "konservatore në zgjedhjen tuaj." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Ndrysho shpërndarjet e diskut me DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1124,29 +1125,29 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1156,15 +1157,36 @@ msgstr "" "montimi, ndrysho atë apo fshij atë." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Vazhdoni derisa ju të keni rregulluar gjithçka për dëshirat tuaja." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Kliko<guibutton>e Bërë</guibutton> kur ju jeni gati." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1359,22 +1381,22 @@ msgstr "" "në megabajt." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalim me DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Shkurt 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1389,7 +1411,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1397,7 +1419,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1408,20 +1430,20 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1431,8 +1453,8 @@ msgstr "" "manual. Cilat ekrane ju do të shihni, varet nga pjesët-elektronike tuaja dhe " "zgjedhjet që bëni gjatë instalimit." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1616,11 +1638,6 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 #, fuzzy @@ -1808,8 +1825,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3315,14 +3332,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3333,27 +3350,27 @@ msgstr "" "png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3368,24 +3385,32 @@ msgstr "Opsionet kryesore të programit Bootloader" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3393,17 +3418,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3412,14 +3437,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3427,19 +3452,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3448,7 +3473,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3456,12 +3481,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3469,7 +3494,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3479,12 +3504,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/sv.po b/docs/installer/sv.po index 8acecbe4..fdfb685a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv.po +++ b/docs/installer/sv.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-06 13:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Michael Eklund <willard@null.net>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -1120,21 +1120,22 @@ msgstr "" "gång så är det klokt att vara försiktig med dina val." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Anpassad diskpartionering med DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1147,18 +1148,19 @@ msgstr "" "ställas in, annars kommer detta göra ditt system omöjligt att boota." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "Justera layouten på dina hårddiskar här. Du kan radera eller skapa " "partitioner, ändra filsystem för en partition eller dess storlek, och även " "titta vad som finns på dem innan du startar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1168,7 +1170,7 @@ msgstr "" "stycken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1177,7 +1179,7 @@ msgstr "" "den valda lagringsenheten" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1186,15 +1188,36 @@ msgstr "" "filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek eller radera den." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "Fortsätt tills du har justerat allt enligt dina önskemål." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> när du är redo." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1399,22 +1422,22 @@ msgstr "" "Se också till att alla partitioner skapas med ett jämnt antal megabyte." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Installation med DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "februari 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1429,7 +1452,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1440,7 +1463,7 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1451,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1461,13 +1484,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Dokumentations-teamet</" "link> om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra den här manualen." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1477,8 +1500,8 @@ msgstr "" "handboken. Vilka skärmbilder som just du kommer att se beror på din hårdvara " "och vilka val du gör under installationen." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1666,11 +1689,6 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 msgid "" @@ -1884,8 +1902,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "Hjälpen är översatt i det valda språket med tangenten F2." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" @@ -3628,11 +3646,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" "Om du har du valt <code>Grub 2</code> som starthanterare så kan du inte " "använda det här verktyget för att ändra poster i det här steget. Klicka på " @@ -3640,7 +3659,7 @@ msgstr "" "använda <code>grub-customizer</code>." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3651,7 +3670,7 @@ msgstr "" "png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3660,7 +3679,7 @@ msgstr "" "markera kryssrutan för att ange den som ska vara standard." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" @@ -3668,7 +3687,7 @@ msgstr "" "helt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3677,7 +3696,7 @@ msgstr "" "uppstart." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3694,17 +3713,25 @@ msgstr "Huvudalternativ för startshanteraren" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3713,7 +3740,7 @@ msgstr "" "automatiskt valda av installationen så kan du ändra dessa här." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3724,17 +3751,17 @@ msgstr "" "tillåta Mageia att skapa en ny." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "Mageias grafiska menyer är fina :)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Använder en startshanterare från Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3746,7 +3773,7 @@ msgstr "" "installerat kommer Mageia att försöka lägga till detta i din nya startmeny." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3755,7 +3782,7 @@ msgstr "" "GRUB legacy och Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3766,7 +3793,7 @@ msgstr "" "används." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3775,12 +3802,12 @@ msgstr "" "tillgänglig på översiktssidan under installation." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Använder en befintlig startshanterare" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3793,7 +3820,7 @@ msgstr "" "ändra var du vill installera starthanteraren." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3804,13 +3831,13 @@ msgstr "" "tidigare, t. ex. sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" "För att klargöra, sda är en enhet, sda7 är en partition på den enheten." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3821,7 +3848,7 @@ msgstr "" "tar dig tillbaka till installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3835,12 +3862,12 @@ msgstr "" "till det automatiskt. Se dokumentationen för operativsystemet i fråga." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Avancerat alternativ för starthanteraren" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/tr.po b/docs/installer/tr.po index 5b1b1916..71885c74 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr.po +++ b/docs/installer/tr.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-04 23:59+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Atilla ÖNTAŞ <tarakbumba@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Mageia Turkish Translation Team <i18n-tr@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "32 bit paketleri de içeren bir 64 bit kurulumunu güncellemek istiyorsanız, " "buradaki ağ protokollerinden birine tıklayarak çevrimiçi bir yansıyı eklemek " -"üzere bu ekranı kullanmanız önerilir. 64 bit DVD iso sadece 64 bit ve " -"noarch paketlerini içerdiğinden 32 bit paketleri güncelleyemecektir. Ancak, " +"üzere bu ekranı kullanmanız önerilir. 64 bit DVD iso sadece 64 bit ve noarch " +"paketlerini içerdiğinden 32 bit paketleri güncelleyemecektir. Ancak, " "çevrimiçi bir yansı ekledikten sonra kurulum aracı gereken 32 bit paketleri " "bulabilir." @@ -1123,21 +1123,22 @@ msgstr "" "akıllıca olur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "DiskDrake ile kişisel disk bölümlendirme" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1150,11 +1151,12 @@ msgstr "" "işaretli OLMAMALIDIR; yoksa sisteminiz açılmayacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "Disk yerleşim düzenini burada ayarlayın. Disk bölümleri oluşturabilir veya " "kaldırabilir, bir disk bölümünün dosya sistemini veya boyutunu " @@ -1162,7 +1164,7 @@ msgstr "" "görüntüleyebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1171,7 +1173,7 @@ msgstr "" "sekme bulunur. Üç tane varsa sda, sdb ve sdc gibi." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1180,7 +1182,7 @@ msgstr "" "Temizle</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1190,15 +1192,36 @@ msgstr "" "boyutlandırın veya silin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "İsteğiniz doğrultusunda her şeyi ayarlayana kadar devan edin." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "Hazır olunca <guibutton>Bitti</guibutton>' yi tıklayın." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1230,8 +1253,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" "\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -1321,8 +1344,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:96 @@ -1403,22 +1426,22 @@ msgstr "" "olun." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "DrakX ile kurulum" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Şubat 2014" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1433,7 +1456,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1444,7 +1467,7 @@ msgstr "" "sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1455,7 +1478,7 @@ msgstr "" "CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1466,13 +1489,13 @@ msgstr "" "wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Belgelendirme Ekibi</link> ile " "irtibat kurun." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1482,8 +1505,8 @@ msgstr "" "Göreceğiniz ekranlar donanımınıza ve kurulum sırasındaki seçimlerinize " "bağlıdır." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1671,19 +1694,14 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome2.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:54 @@ -1734,8 +1752,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome4fr.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:91 @@ -1749,8 +1767,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx-welcome5def.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:102 @@ -1833,8 +1851,8 @@ msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> " -"</imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-welcome6opt.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:140 @@ -1890,16 +1908,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The help is translated in the chosen language with the F2 key." msgstr "Yardım, F2 tuşu ile seçilen dile çevrilmiştir." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" "\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" msgstr "" "Eski ve UEFI sistemlerde çekirdek seçenekleri ile ilgili daha fazla bilgi " -"için: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_option" -"s\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" +"için: <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:180 @@ -3642,11 +3661,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" "Eğer önyükleyici olarak <code>Grub 2</code>'yi seçerseniz 'İleri' aşamasında " "girdileri düzenlemek için bu aracı kullanamazsınız. <code>/boot/grub2/custom." @@ -3654,7 +3674,7 @@ msgstr "" "code> kullanmanız gerekiyor." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3665,7 +3685,7 @@ msgstr "" "png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3674,7 +3694,7 @@ msgstr "" "ve girdiyi yanındaki kutucuğu işaretleyerek öntanımlı olarak belirlemektir." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" @@ -3682,7 +3702,7 @@ msgstr "" "adlandırabilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3691,7 +3711,7 @@ msgstr "" "önyükleme yapacağı girdidir." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3709,17 +3729,25 @@ msgstr "Önyükleyici ana seçenekleri" #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3728,7 +3756,7 @@ msgstr "" "ayarları tercih ediyorsanız burada değiştirebilirsiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3739,17 +3767,17 @@ msgstr "" "önyükleyici oluşturmasına izin vermek arasında tercih yapmalısınız." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "Mageia grafik menüleri güzeldir :)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Bir Mageia önyükleyicisi kullanmak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3762,7 +3790,7 @@ msgstr "" "eklemeyi dener." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3771,7 +3799,7 @@ msgstr "" "olarak sunmaktadır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3782,7 +3810,7 @@ msgstr "" "algılanmayacaklardır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3791,12 +3819,12 @@ msgstr "" "GRUB2 önyükleyiciyi kullanmak olacaktır." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Mevcut bir önyükleyiciyi kullanmak" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3808,7 +3836,7 @@ msgstr "" "Önyükleyici <guibutton>Yapılandır</guibutton> düğmesine basmalısınız." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3819,14 +3847,14 @@ msgstr "" "seçmelisiniz." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" "Açık olmak gerekirse, sda bir aygıt ve sda7 ise o aygıt üzerindeki bir " "bölümdür." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3837,7 +3865,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ctrl+Alt+F7 sizi kurulum ekranına döndürür." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3852,12 +3880,12 @@ msgstr "" "bakın." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Önyükleyici gelişmiş seçenekleri" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" diff --git a/docs/installer/uk.po b/docs/installer/uk.po index 97b2fe65..334b527a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk.po +++ b/docs/installer/uk.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-04 12:41+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-05-23 08:50+0300\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-05-04 12:57+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" @@ -100,9 +100,9 @@ msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "" "Вибір носія (налаштовування додаткових носіїв пакунків для встановлення)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -163,32 +163,32 @@ msgid "" "packages. However, after adding an online mirror, installer will find the " "needed 32 bit packages there." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви оновлюєте 64-бітову версію системи, де можуть міститися якісь " -"32-бітові пакунки, вам варто скористатися цією сторінкою для додавання " -"сховища пакунків: позначте один із протоколів мережі. DVD із 64-бітовою " -"версією містить лише 64-бітові пакунки та пакунки без визначеної архітектури. " -"За його допомогою не можна оновити 32-бітові пакунки. Втім, після додавання " -"інтернет-сховища, засіб встановлення може виявити потрібні для оновлення " -"32-бітові пакунки." +"Якщо ви оновлюєте 64-бітову версію системи, де можуть міститися якісь 32-" +"бітові пакунки, вам варто скористатися цією сторінкою для додавання сховища " +"пакунків: позначте один із протоколів мережі. DVD із 64-бітовою версією " +"містить лише 64-бітові пакунки та пакунки без визначеної архітектури. За " +"його допомогою не можна оновити 32-бітові пакунки. Втім, після додавання " +"інтернет-сховища, засіб встановлення може виявити потрібні для оновлення 32-" +"бітові пакунки." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Керування обліковими записами користувача і адміністратора" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or #. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 #. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -439,17 +439,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Виберіть точки монтування" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -715,8 +715,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Налаштування ваших служб" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -769,8 +769,8 @@ msgstr "Вносьте зміни, лише якщо вам добре відо msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Налаштування часового поясу" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -1159,21 +1159,22 @@ msgstr "" "автоматично. Знову ж таки, варто параметри варто вибирати дуже обережно." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:20 msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "Нетиповий поділ диска на розділи за допомогою DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" "imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:31 msgid "" "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " "must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " @@ -1186,11 +1187,12 @@ msgstr "" "завантаження системи стане неможливим." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:38 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create " +"partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even " +"view what is in them before you start." msgstr "" "За допомогою цієї сторінки можна визначити компонування розділів у вашій " "системі. За її допомогою можна вилучати і створювати розділи, змінювати " @@ -1198,7 +1200,7 @@ msgstr "" "розділів до внесення змін." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:43 msgid "" "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " "USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." @@ -1208,7 +1210,7 @@ msgstr "" "виявлено три диски." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " "storage device" @@ -1217,7 +1219,7 @@ msgstr "" "вибраному носії даних було вилучено." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:50 msgid "" "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " "or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." @@ -1227,19 +1229,40 @@ msgstr "" "точку монтування, розміри чи просто витріть увесь розділ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:54 msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" "Повторюйте ці дії для всіх відповідних розділів, аж доки все не набуде " "потрібних вам обрисів." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:57 msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "" "Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Виконано</guibutton>, коли налаштовування буде " "завершено." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you are installing Mageia on an UEFI system, check that an ESP (EFI " +"System Partition) is present and correctly mounted on /boot/EFI (see above)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:66 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks2.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:65 en/installer.xml:41 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 msgid "Partitioning" @@ -1450,22 +1473,22 @@ msgstr "" "мегабайтах." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Встановлення за допомогою DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +#. type: Content of: <book><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:34 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 msgid "February 2014" msgstr "Лютий 2014 року" -#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <book><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 msgid "Mageia 4" msgstr "Mageia 4" @@ -1480,7 +1503,7 @@ msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:21 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1491,7 +1514,7 @@ msgstr "" "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX-cover.xml:58 en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:24 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1502,7 +1525,7 @@ msgstr "" "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX-cover.xml:60 en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:26 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" @@ -1513,13 +1536,13 @@ msgstr "" "mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команди документування</link>, якщо " "хочете допомогти у покращенні цього підручника." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:6 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:36 en/DrakX.xml:6 en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:49 en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:37 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1529,8 +1552,8 @@ msgstr "" "сторінок, які ви побачите залежить від набору обладнання у вашій системі та " "вибраного вами варіанта встановлення." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:10 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:40 en/DrakX.xml:10 en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" @@ -1539,9 +1562,9 @@ msgstr "</note>" msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Вітаємо" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 @@ -1602,10 +1625,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Форматування" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -1719,11 +1742,6 @@ msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" "\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:41 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" - #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installer.xml:49 msgid "" @@ -1810,9 +1828,9 @@ msgid "" "emphasis> key for the legacy mode or the <emphasis role=\"bold\">e</" "emphasis> key for the UEFI mode." msgstr "" -"Додати параметри роботи ядра можна натисканням клавіші <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">F6</emphasis> у режимі застарілої системи або клавіші <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">E</emphasis> у режимі UEFI." +"Додати параметри роботи ядра можна натисканням клавіші <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">F6</emphasis> у режимі застарілої системи або клавіші <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">E</emphasis> у режимі UEFI." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:104 @@ -1947,17 +1965,16 @@ msgstr "" "Переглянути переклад довідки вибраною мовою можна за допомогою натискання " "клавіші F2." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:175 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:177 msgid "" "For more information about kernel options on legacy and UEFI systems, see: " "<link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options" "\">https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_options</link>" msgstr "" "Докладніший опис параметрів ядра у застарілих системах та системах з UEFI " -"можна знайти <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_set_up_kernel_" -"options" -"\">тут</link>." +"можна знайти <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_set_up_kernel_options\">тут</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installer.xml:180 @@ -2157,10 +2174,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Поновлення" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -2204,9 +2221,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Вибір носія (з пакунками, які не є вільними)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 @@ -2329,18 +2346,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Резюме щодо інших параметрів" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -2689,8 +2706,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Рівень безпеки" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -3335,8 +3352,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Вибір країни і регіону" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -3678,10 +3695,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Вибір драйвера миші" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -3748,11 +3765,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:18 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, you cannot use " -"this tool to edit entries at this step, press 'Next'. You need to manually " -"edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use <code>grub-customizer</code> " -"instead." +"If you have chosen <code>Grub 2</code> as your bootloader, or Grub2-efi for " +"UEFI systems, you cannot use this tool to edit entries at this step, press " +"'Next'. You need to manually edit <code>/boot/grub2/custom.cfg</code> or use " +"<code>grub-customizer</code> instead." msgstr "" "Якщо вами було вибрано завантажувач <code>Grub 2</code>, ви не зможете " "скористатися цим інструментом для редагування записів на наступному кроці, " @@ -3762,7 +3780,7 @@ msgstr "" "вручну." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:25 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-" "im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry." @@ -3773,7 +3791,7 @@ msgstr "" "png\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:30 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:31 msgid "" "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " "entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." @@ -3782,7 +3800,7 @@ msgstr "" "мітки запису або позначення типового запису у списку." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:33 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:34 msgid "" "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." msgstr "" @@ -3790,7 +3808,7 @@ msgstr "" "запису." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:37 msgid "" "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " "choice while booting up." @@ -3799,7 +3817,7 @@ msgstr "" "користувачем не буде зроблено іншого вибору під час показу меню завантаження." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:40 +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:41 msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." @@ -3813,21 +3831,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Основні параметри завантажувача" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" "setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" "imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:17 +msgid "" +"With an UEFI system, the user interface is slightly different as you cannot " +"choose the boot loader (first drop down list) since only one is available" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:22 msgid "" "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " "the installer, you can change them here." @@ -3837,7 +3863,7 @@ msgstr "" "за допомогою цієї сторінки." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 msgid "" "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " "you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " @@ -3848,17 +3874,17 @@ msgstr "" "до меню поточного завантажувача, чи Mageia має створити власний завантажувач." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "Графічні меню Mageia виглядає чудово. :)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:38 msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "Користування завантажувачем Mageia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:42 msgid "" "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " "(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " @@ -3871,7 +3897,7 @@ msgstr "" "цих операційних систем до нового меню завантаження Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:47 msgid "" "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " "legacy and Lilo." @@ -3880,7 +3906,7 @@ msgstr "" "до застарілої версії GRUB та Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:51 msgid "" "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " "GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " @@ -3891,7 +3917,7 @@ msgstr "" "GRUB (застарілої версії)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:55 msgid "" "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " "the Summary page during installation." @@ -3901,12 +3927,12 @@ msgstr "" "«Резюме» під час встановлення операційної системи." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:62 msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "Користування вже встановленим завантажувачем" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " "to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " @@ -3919,7 +3945,7 @@ msgstr "" "ви зможете змінити місце встановлення завантажувача." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:72 msgid "" "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " @@ -3930,12 +3956,12 @@ msgstr "" "кроку розподілу диска на розділи, наприклад «sda7»." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:77 msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "Якщо бути точним, sda — це пристрій, а sda7 — розділ на пристрої." #. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " "your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " @@ -3947,7 +3973,7 @@ msgstr "" "встановлення можна за допомогою натискання комбінації клавіш Ctrl+Alt+F7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:87 msgid "" "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " "is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " @@ -3963,12 +3989,12 @@ msgstr "" "до іншої операційної системи." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:97 msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "Додаткові параметри завантажувача" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:101 msgid "" "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " "that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" @@ -3985,14 +4011,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Налаштування SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -4034,7 +4060,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування звуку" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -4113,12 +4139,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Підтвердження форматування жорсткого диска" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct #. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" |